Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/intervals.c @ 52245:1f6577b47562
(widget-echo-help): Make it handle expressions that evaluate to
strings.
author | Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 18 Aug 2003 22:48:44 +0000 |
parents | 483cd3e6154f |
children | 695cf19ef79e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1157 | 1 /* Code for doing intervals. |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
1157 | 3 |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
1157 | 9 any later version. |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
1157 | 20 |
21 | |
22 /* NOTES: | |
23 | |
24 Have to ensure that we can't put symbol nil on a plist, or some | |
25 functions may work incorrectly. | |
26 | |
27 An idea: Have the owner of the tree keep count of splits and/or | |
28 insertion lengths (in intervals), and balance after every N. | |
29 | |
30 Need to call *_left_hook when buffer is killed. | |
31 | |
32 Scan for zero-length, or 0-length to see notes about handling | |
33 zero length interval-markers. | |
34 | |
35 There are comments around about freeing intervals. It might be | |
36 faster to explicitly free them (put them on the free list) than | |
37 to GC them. | |
38 | |
39 */ | |
40 | |
41 | |
4696
1fc792473491
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
4638
diff
changeset
|
42 #include <config.h> |
1157 | 43 #include "lisp.h" |
44 #include "intervals.h" | |
45 #include "buffer.h" | |
4962 | 46 #include "puresize.h" |
8897 | 47 #include "keyboard.h" |
39697
0b986bb45526
Include keymap.h.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "keymap.h" |
1157 | 49 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
50 /* Test for membership, allowing for t (actually any non-cons) to mean the |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
51 universal set. */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
52 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
53 #define TMEM(sym, set) (CONSP (set) ? ! NILP (Fmemq (sym, set)) : ! NILP (set)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
54 |
5173
d48ba25b35bf
(merge_properties_sticky): Declared.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5169
diff
changeset
|
55 Lisp_Object merge_properties_sticky (); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
56 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree P_ ((INTERVAL, INTERVAL)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
57 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree_obj P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1157 | 58 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
59 /* Utility functions for intervals. */ |
1157 | 60 |
61 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
62 /* Create the root interval of some object, a buffer or string. */ |
1157 | 63 |
64 INTERVAL | |
65 create_root_interval (parent) | |
66 Lisp_Object parent; | |
67 { | |
4962 | 68 INTERVAL new; |
69 | |
70 CHECK_IMPURE (parent); | |
71 | |
72 new = make_interval (); | |
1157 | 73 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
74 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
1157 | 75 { |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
76 new->total_length = (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (parent)) |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
77 - BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent))); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
78 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
79 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = new; |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
80 new->position = BEG; |
1157 | 81 } |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
82 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
1157 | 83 { |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
84 new->total_length = SCHARS (parent); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
85 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
86 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (parent, new); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
87 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 88 } |
89 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
90 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (new, parent); |
1157 | 91 |
92 return new; | |
93 } | |
94 | |
95 /* Make the interval TARGET have exactly the properties of SOURCE */ | |
96 | |
97 void | |
98 copy_properties (source, target) | |
99 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
100 { | |
101 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
102 return; | |
103 | |
104 COPY_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
105 target->plist = Fcopy_sequence (source->plist); | |
106 } | |
107 | |
108 /* Merge the properties of interval SOURCE into the properties | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
109 of interval TARGET. That is to say, each property in SOURCE |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
110 is added to TARGET if TARGET has no such property as yet. */ |
1157 | 111 |
112 static void | |
113 merge_properties (source, target) | |
114 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
115 { | |
116 register Lisp_Object o, sym, val; | |
117 | |
118 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
119 return; | |
120 | |
121 MERGE_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
122 | |
123 o = source->plist; | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
124 while (CONSP (o)) |
1157 | 125 { |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
126 sym = XCAR (o); |
1157 | 127 val = Fmemq (sym, target->plist); |
128 | |
129 if (NILP (val)) | |
130 { | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
131 o = XCDR (o); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
132 CHECK_CONS (o); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
133 val = XCAR (o); |
1157 | 134 target->plist = Fcons (sym, Fcons (val, target->plist)); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
135 o = XCDR (o); |
1157 | 136 } |
137 else | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
138 o = Fcdr (XCDR (o)); |
1157 | 139 } |
140 } | |
141 | |
142 /* Return 1 if the two intervals have the same properties, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
143 0 otherwise. */ |
1157 | 144 |
145 int | |
146 intervals_equal (i0, i1) | |
147 INTERVAL i0, i1; | |
148 { | |
149 register Lisp_Object i0_cdr, i0_sym, i1_val; | |
21514 | 150 register int i1_len; |
1157 | 151 |
152 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) | |
153 return 1; | |
154 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
155 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) || DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
156 return 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
157 |
1157 | 158 i1_len = XFASTINT (Flength (i1->plist)); |
159 if (i1_len & 0x1) /* Paranoia -- plists are always even */ | |
160 abort (); | |
161 i1_len /= 2; | |
162 i0_cdr = i0->plist; | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
163 while (CONSP (i0_cdr)) |
1157 | 164 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
165 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 166 if (i1_len == 0) |
167 return 0; | |
168 | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
169 i0_sym = XCAR (i0_cdr); |
1157 | 170 i1_val = Fmemq (i0_sym, i1->plist); |
171 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
172 /* i0 has something i1 doesn't. */ |
1157 | 173 if (EQ (i1_val, Qnil)) |
174 return 0; | |
175 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
176 /* i0 and i1 both have sym, but it has different values in each. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
177 i0_cdr = XCDR (i0_cdr); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
178 CHECK_CONS (i0_cdr); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
179 if (!EQ (Fcar (Fcdr (i1_val)), XCAR (i0_cdr))) |
1157 | 180 return 0; |
181 | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
182 i0_cdr = XCDR (i0_cdr); |
1157 | 183 i1_len--; |
184 } | |
185 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
186 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 187 if (i1_len > 0) |
188 return 0; | |
189 | |
190 return 1; | |
191 } | |
192 | |
193 | |
194 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
195 No guarantee is made about the order of traversal. |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
196 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
197 |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
198 void |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
199 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree, function, arg) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
200 INTERVAL tree; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
201 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
202 Lisp_Object arg; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
203 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
204 /* Minimize stack usage. */ |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
205 while (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
206 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
207 (*function) (tree, arg); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
208 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree->right)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
209 tree = tree->left; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
210 else |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
211 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
212 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree->left, function, arg); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
213 tree = tree->right; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
214 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
215 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
216 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
217 |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
218 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
219 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
1157 | 220 |
221 void | |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
222 traverse_intervals (tree, position, function, arg) |
1157 | 223 INTERVAL tree; |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
224 int position; |
20317
f62a4f83537e
(traverse_intervals): Protoize parameter.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
18743
diff
changeset
|
225 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
226 Lisp_Object arg; |
1157 | 227 { |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
228 while (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
229 { |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
230 traverse_intervals (tree->left, position, function, arg); |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
231 position += LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
232 tree->position = position; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
233 (*function) (tree, arg); |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
234 position += LENGTH (tree); tree = tree->right; |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
235 } |
1157 | 236 } |
237 | |
238 #if 0 | |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
239 |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
240 static int icount; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
241 static int idepth; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
242 static int zero_length; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
243 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
244 /* These functions are temporary, for debugging purposes only. */ |
1157 | 245 |
246 INTERVAL search_interval, found_interval; | |
247 | |
248 void | |
249 check_for_interval (i) | |
250 register INTERVAL i; | |
251 { | |
252 if (i == search_interval) | |
253 { | |
254 found_interval = i; | |
255 icount++; | |
256 } | |
257 } | |
258 | |
259 INTERVAL | |
260 search_for_interval (i, tree) | |
261 register INTERVAL i, tree; | |
262 { | |
263 icount = 0; | |
264 search_interval = i; | |
265 found_interval = NULL_INTERVAL; | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
266 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree, &check_for_interval, Qnil); |
1157 | 267 return found_interval; |
268 } | |
269 | |
270 static void | |
271 inc_interval_count (i) | |
272 INTERVAL i; | |
273 { | |
274 icount++; | |
275 if (LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
276 zero_length++; | |
277 if (depth > idepth) | |
278 idepth = depth; | |
279 } | |
280 | |
281 int | |
282 count_intervals (i) | |
283 register INTERVAL i; | |
284 { | |
285 icount = 0; | |
286 idepth = 0; | |
287 zero_length = 0; | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
288 traverse_intervals_noorder (i, &inc_interval_count, Qnil); |
1157 | 289 |
290 return icount; | |
291 } | |
292 | |
293 static INTERVAL | |
294 root_interval (interval) | |
295 INTERVAL interval; | |
296 { | |
297 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
298 | |
299 while (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
300 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 301 |
302 return i; | |
303 } | |
304 #endif | |
305 | |
306 /* Assuming that a left child exists, perform the following operation: | |
307 | |
308 A B | |
309 / \ / \ | |
310 B => A | |
311 / \ / \ | |
312 c c | |
313 */ | |
314 | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
315 static INLINE INTERVAL |
1157 | 316 rotate_right (interval) |
317 INTERVAL interval; | |
318 { | |
319 INTERVAL i; | |
320 INTERVAL B = interval->left; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
321 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 322 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
323 /* Deal with any Parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 324 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
325 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
326 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
327 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
328 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
329 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
330 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
331 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 332 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
333 /* Make B the parent of A */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
334 i = B->right; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
335 B->right = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
336 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 337 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
338 /* Make A point to c */ |
1157 | 339 interval->left = i; |
340 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
341 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
342 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
343 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its left child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
344 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
345 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
346 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
347 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
348 B->total_length = old_total; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
349 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (B); |
1157 | 350 |
351 return B; | |
352 } | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
353 |
1157 | 354 /* Assuming that a right child exists, perform the following operation: |
355 | |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
356 A B |
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
357 / \ / \ |
1157 | 358 B => A |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
359 / \ / \ |
1157 | 360 c c |
361 */ | |
362 | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
363 static INLINE INTERVAL |
1157 | 364 rotate_left (interval) |
365 INTERVAL interval; | |
366 { | |
367 INTERVAL i; | |
368 INTERVAL B = interval->right; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
369 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 370 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
371 /* Deal with any parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 372 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
373 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
374 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
375 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
376 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
377 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
378 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
379 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 380 |
381 /* Make B the parent of A */ | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
382 i = B->left; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
383 B->left = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
384 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 385 |
386 /* Make A point to c */ | |
387 interval->right = i; | |
388 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
389 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
390 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
391 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its right child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
392 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
393 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
394 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
395 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
396 B->total_length = old_total; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
397 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (B); |
1157 | 398 |
399 return B; | |
400 } | |
401 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
402 /* Balance an interval tree with the assumption that the subtrees |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
403 themselves are already balanced. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
404 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
405 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
406 balance_an_interval (i) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
407 INTERVAL i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
408 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
409 register int old_diff, new_diff; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
410 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
411 while (1) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
412 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
413 old_diff = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
414 if (old_diff > 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
415 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
416 /* Since the left child is longer, there must be one. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
417 new_diff = i->total_length - i->left->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
418 + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
419 if (abs (new_diff) >= old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
420 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
421 i = rotate_right (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
422 balance_an_interval (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
423 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
424 else if (old_diff < 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
425 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
426 /* Since the right child is longer, there must be one. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
427 new_diff = i->total_length - i->right->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
428 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
429 if (abs (new_diff) >= -old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
430 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
431 i = rotate_left (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
432 balance_an_interval (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
433 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
434 else |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
435 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
436 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
437 return i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
438 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
439 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
440 /* Balance INTERVAL, potentially stuffing it back into its parent |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
441 Lisp Object. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
442 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
443 static INLINE INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
444 balance_possible_root_interval (interval) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
445 register INTERVAL interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
446 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
447 Lisp_Object parent; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
448 int have_parent = 0; |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
449 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
450 if (!INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval) && !INTERVAL_HAS_PARENT (interval)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
451 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
452 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
453 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
454 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
455 have_parent = 1; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
456 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, interval); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
457 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
458 interval = balance_an_interval (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
459 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
460 if (have_parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
461 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
462 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
463 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
464 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
465 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (parent, interval); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
466 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
467 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
468 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
469 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
470 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
471 /* Balance the interval tree TREE. Balancing is by weight |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
472 (the amount of text). */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
473 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
474 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
475 balance_intervals_internal (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
476 register INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
477 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
478 /* Balance within each side. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
479 if (tree->left) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
480 balance_intervals_internal (tree->left); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
481 if (tree->right) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
482 balance_intervals_internal (tree->right); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
483 return balance_an_interval (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
484 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
485 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
486 /* Advertised interface to balance intervals. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
487 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
488 INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
489 balance_intervals (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
490 INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
491 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
492 if (tree == NULL_INTERVAL) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
493 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
494 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
495 return balance_intervals_internal (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
496 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
497 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
498 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
499 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
500 INTERVAL becomes the left-hand piece, and the right-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
501 (second, lexicographically) is returned. |
1164 | 502 |
503 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon | |
504 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
505 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
506 result. | |
1157 | 507 |
508 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
509 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 510 |
511 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 512 split_interval_right (interval, offset) |
1157 | 513 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 514 int offset; |
1157 | 515 { |
516 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
517 int position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
518 int new_length = LENGTH (interval) - offset; |
1157 | 519 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
520 new->position = position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
521 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 522 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
523 if (NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (interval)) |
1157 | 524 { |
525 interval->right = new; | |
526 new->total_length = new_length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
527 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 528 } |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
529 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
530 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
531 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its right child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
532 new->right = interval->right; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
533 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval->right, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
534 interval->right = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
535 new->total_length = new_length + new->right->total_length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
536 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
537 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
538 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
539 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
540 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 541 |
542 return new; | |
543 } | |
544 | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
545 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
546 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
547 INTERVAL becomes the right-hand piece, and the left-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
548 (first, lexicographically) is returned. |
1157 | 549 |
1164 | 550 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon |
551 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
552 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
553 result. | |
554 | |
555 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
556 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 557 |
558 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 559 split_interval_left (interval, offset) |
1157 | 560 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 561 int offset; |
1157 | 562 { |
563 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
564 int new_length = offset; |
1157 | 565 |
566 new->position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
567 interval->position = interval->position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
568 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 569 |
570 if (NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
571 { | |
572 interval->left = new; | |
573 new->total_length = new_length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
574 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 575 } |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
576 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
577 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
578 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its left child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
579 new->left = interval->left; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
580 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new->left, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
581 interval->left = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
582 new->total_length = new_length + new->left->total_length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
583 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
584 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
585 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
586 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
587 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 588 |
589 return new; | |
590 } | |
591 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
592 /* Return the proper position for the first character |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
593 described by the interval tree SOURCE. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
594 This is 1 if the parent is a buffer, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
595 0 if the parent is a string or if there is no parent. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
596 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
597 Don't use this function on an interval which is the child |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
598 of another interval! */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
599 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
600 int |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
601 interval_start_pos (source) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
602 INTERVAL source; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
603 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
604 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
605 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
606 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
607 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
608 |
28406
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
609 if (! INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (source)) |
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
610 return 0; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
611 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, source); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
612 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
613 return BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
614 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
615 } |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
616 |
1164 | 617 /* Find the interval containing text position POSITION in the text |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
618 represented by the interval tree TREE. POSITION is a buffer |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
619 position (starting from 1) or a string index (starting from 0). |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
620 If POSITION is at the end of the buffer or string, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
621 return the interval containing the last character. |
1157 | 622 |
1164 | 623 The `position' field, which is a cache of an interval's position, |
624 is updated in the interval found. Other functions (e.g., next_interval) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
625 will update this cache based on the result of find_interval. */ |
1164 | 626 |
18125
5b0dfe8c78fb
(find_interval): No longer inline.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18078
diff
changeset
|
627 INTERVAL |
1157 | 628 find_interval (tree, position) |
629 register INTERVAL tree; | |
630 register int position; | |
631 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
632 /* The distance from the left edge of the subtree at TREE |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
633 to POSITION. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
634 register int relative_position; |
1157 | 635 |
636 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
637 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
638 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
639 relative_position = position; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
640 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (tree)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
641 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
642 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
643 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
644 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
645 relative_position -= BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
646 } |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
647 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
648 if (relative_position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 649 abort (); /* Paranoia */ |
650 | |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
651 if (!handling_signal) |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
652 tree = balance_possible_root_interval (tree); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
653 |
1157 | 654 while (1) |
655 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
656 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 657 { |
658 tree = tree->left; | |
659 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
660 else if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
661 && relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
662 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 663 { |
664 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) | |
665 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
666 tree = tree->right; | |
667 } | |
668 else | |
669 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
670 tree->position |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
671 = (position - relative_position /* left edge of *tree. */ |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
672 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); /* left edge of this interval. */ |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
673 |
1157 | 674 return tree; |
675 } | |
676 } | |
677 } | |
678 | |
679 /* Find the succeeding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 680 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
681 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 682 |
683 INTERVAL | |
684 next_interval (interval) | |
685 register INTERVAL interval; | |
686 { | |
687 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
688 register int next_position; | |
689 | |
690 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
691 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
692 next_position = interval->position + LENGTH (interval); | |
693 | |
694 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
695 { | |
696 i = i->right; | |
697 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
698 i = i->left; | |
699 | |
700 i->position = next_position; | |
701 return i; | |
702 } | |
703 | |
704 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
705 { | |
706 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
707 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
708 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 709 i->position = next_position; |
710 return i; | |
711 } | |
712 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
713 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 714 } |
715 | |
716 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
717 } | |
718 | |
719 /* Find the preceding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 720 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
721 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 722 |
723 INTERVAL | |
724 previous_interval (interval) | |
725 register INTERVAL interval; | |
726 { | |
727 register INTERVAL i; | |
728 | |
729 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval)) | |
730 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
731 | |
732 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
733 { | |
734 i = interval->left; | |
735 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
736 i = i->right; | |
737 | |
738 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
739 return i; | |
740 } | |
741 | |
742 i = interval; | |
743 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
744 { | |
745 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
746 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
747 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 748 |
749 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
750 return i; | |
751 } | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
752 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 753 } |
754 | |
755 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
756 } | |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
757 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
758 /* Find the interval containing POS given some non-NULL INTERVAL |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
759 in the same tree. Note that we need to update interval->position |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
760 if we go down the tree. |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
761 To speed up the process, we assume that the ->position of |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
762 I and all its parents is already uptodate. */ |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
763 INTERVAL |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
764 update_interval (i, pos) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
765 register INTERVAL i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
766 int pos; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
767 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
768 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
769 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
770 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
771 while (1) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
772 { |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
773 if (pos < i->position) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
774 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
775 /* Move left. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
776 if (pos >= i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left)) |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
777 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
778 i->left->position = i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
779 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
780 i = i->left; /* Move to the left child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
781 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
782 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
783 error ("Point before start of properties"); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
784 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
785 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
786 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
787 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
788 else if (pos >= INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
789 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
790 /* Move right. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
791 if (pos < INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right)) |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
792 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
793 i->right->position = INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
794 LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
795 i = i->right; /* Move to the right child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
796 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
797 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
798 error ("Point after end of properties"); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
799 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
800 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
801 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
802 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
803 else |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
804 return i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
805 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
806 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
807 |
1157 | 808 |
1164 | 809 #if 0 |
1157 | 810 /* Traverse a path down the interval tree TREE to the interval |
811 containing POSITION, adjusting all nodes on the path for | |
812 an addition of LENGTH characters. Insertion between two intervals | |
813 (i.e., point == i->position, where i is second interval) means | |
814 text goes into second interval. | |
815 | |
816 Modifications are needed to handle the hungry bits -- after simply | |
817 finding the interval at position (don't add length going down), | |
818 if it's the beginning of the interval, get the previous interval | |
14036 | 819 and check the hungry bits of both. Then add the length going back up |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
820 to the root. */ |
1157 | 821 |
822 static INTERVAL | |
823 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
824 INTERVAL tree; | |
825 int position, length; | |
826 { | |
827 register int relative_position; | |
828 register INTERVAL this; | |
829 | |
830 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ | |
831 abort (); | |
832 | |
833 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position | |
834 will be out of range */ | |
835 if (position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) | |
836 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); | |
837 relative_position = position; | |
838 this = tree; | |
839 | |
840 while (1) | |
841 { | |
842 if (relative_position <= LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)) | |
843 { | |
844 this->total_length += length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
845 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 846 this = this->left; |
847 } | |
848 else if (relative_position > (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
849 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this))) | |
850 { | |
851 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
852 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)); | |
853 this->total_length += length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
854 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 855 this = this->right; |
856 } | |
857 else | |
858 { | |
859 /* If we are to use zero-length intervals as buffer pointers, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
860 then this code will have to change. */ |
1157 | 861 this->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
862 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 863 this->position = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this) |
864 + position - relative_position + 1; | |
865 return tree; | |
866 } | |
867 } | |
868 } | |
1164 | 869 #endif |
870 | |
871 /* Effect an adjustment corresponding to the addition of LENGTH characters | |
872 of text. Do this by finding the interval containing POSITION in the | |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
873 interval tree TREE, and then adjusting all of its ancestors by adding |
1164 | 874 LENGTH to them. |
875 | |
876 If POSITION is the first character of an interval, meaning that point | |
877 is actually between the two intervals, make the new text belong to | |
878 the interval which is "sticky". | |
879 | |
1189 | 880 If both intervals are "sticky", then make them belong to the left-most |
1164 | 881 interval. Another possibility would be to create a new interval for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
882 this text, and make it have the merged properties of both ends. */ |
1164 | 883 |
884 static INTERVAL | |
885 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
886 INTERVAL tree; | |
887 int position, length; | |
888 { | |
889 register INTERVAL i; | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
890 register INTERVAL temp; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
891 int eobp = 0; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
892 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
893 int offset; |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
894 |
1164 | 895 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ |
896 abort (); | |
897 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
898 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
899 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
900 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
901 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position will be out |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
902 of range. Remember that buffer positions are 1-based. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
903 if (position >= TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
904 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
905 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
906 eobp = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
907 } |
1164 | 908 |
909 i = find_interval (tree, position); | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
910 |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
911 /* If in middle of an interval which is not sticky either way, |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
912 we must not just give its properties to the insertion. |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
913 So split this interval at the insertion point. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
914 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
915 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
916 (! (position == i->position || eobp) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
917 && END_NONSTICKY_P (i) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
918 && FRONT_NONSTICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
919 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
920 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always check properties |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
921 one by one if POSITION is in middle of an interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
922 if (! (position == i->position || eobp)) |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
923 { |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
924 Lisp_Object tail; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
925 Lisp_Object front, rear; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
926 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
927 tail = i->plist; |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
928 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
929 /* Properties font-sticky and rear-nonsticky override |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
930 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, if they are t, we can |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
931 skip one by one checking of properties. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
932 rear = textget (i->plist, Qrear_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
933 if (! CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (rear)) |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
934 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
935 /* All properties are nonsticky. We split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
936 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
937 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
938 front = textget (i->plist, Qfront_sticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
939 if (! CONSP (front) && ! NILP (front)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
940 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
941 /* All properties are sticky. We don't split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
942 tail = Qnil; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
943 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
944 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
945 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
946 /* Does any actual property pose an actual problem? We break |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
947 the loop if we find a nonsticky property. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
948 for (; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
949 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
950 Lisp_Object prop, tmp; |
25662
0a7261c1d487
Use XCAR, XCDR, and XFLOAT_DATA instead of explicit member access.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
24910
diff
changeset
|
951 prop = XCAR (tail); |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
952 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
953 /* Is this particular property front-sticky? */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
954 if (CONSP (front) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, front))) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
955 continue; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
956 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
957 /* Is this particular property rear-nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
958 if (CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, rear))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
959 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
960 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
961 /* Is this particular property recorded as sticky or |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
962 nonsticky in Vtext_property_default_nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
963 tmp = Fassq (prop, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
964 if (CONSP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
965 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
966 if (NILP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
967 continue; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
968 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
969 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
970 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
971 /* By default, a text property is rear-sticky, thus we |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
972 continue the loop. */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
973 } |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
974 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
975 check_done: |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
976 /* If any property is a real problem, split the interval. */ |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
977 if (! NILP (tail)) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
978 { |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
979 temp = split_interval_right (i, position - i->position); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
980 copy_properties (i, temp); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
981 i = temp; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
982 } |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
983 } |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
984 |
1164 | 985 /* If we are positioned between intervals, check the stickiness of |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
986 both of them. We have to do this too, if we are at BEG or Z. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
987 if (position == i->position || eobp) |
1164 | 988 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
989 register INTERVAL prev; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
990 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
991 if (position == BEG) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
992 prev = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
993 else if (eobp) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
994 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
995 prev = i; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
996 i = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
997 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
998 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
999 prev = previous_interval (i); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1000 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1001 /* Even if we are positioned between intervals, we default |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1002 to the left one if it exists. We extend it now and split |
14036 | 1003 off a part later, if stickiness demands it. */ |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1004 for (temp = prev ? prev : i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1005 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1006 temp->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1007 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (temp); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1008 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1009 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1011 /* If at least one interval has sticky properties, |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1012 we check the stickiness property by property. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1013 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1014 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1015 (END_NONSTICKY_P (prev) || FRONT_STICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1016 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1017 of Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always have to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1018 check stickiness of properties one by one. If cache of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1019 stickiness is implemented in the future, we may be able to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1020 use those macros again. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1021 if (1) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1022 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1023 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1024 struct interval newi; |
1164 | 1025 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1026 pleft = NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) ? Qnil : prev->plist; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1027 pright = NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) ? Qnil : i->plist; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1028 newi.plist = merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1030 if (! prev) /* i.e. position == BEG */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1031 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1032 if (! intervals_equal (i, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1033 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1034 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1035 i->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1036 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1037 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1038 else if (! intervals_equal (prev, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1039 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1040 prev = split_interval_right (prev, |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1041 position - prev->position); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1042 prev->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1043 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1044 && intervals_equal (prev, i)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1045 merge_interval_right (prev); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1046 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1047 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1048 /* We will need to update the cache here later. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1050 else if (! prev && ! NILP (i->plist)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1051 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1052 /* Just split off a new interval at the left. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1053 Since I wasn't front-sticky, the empty plist is ok. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1054 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1055 } |
1164 | 1056 } |
1057 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1058 /* Otherwise just extend the interval. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1059 else |
1164 | 1060 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1061 for (temp = i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1062 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1063 temp->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1064 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (temp); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1065 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1066 } |
1164 | 1067 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
1164 | 1069 return tree; |
1070 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1072 /* Any property might be front-sticky on the left, rear-sticky on the left, |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1073 front-sticky on the right, or rear-sticky on the right; the 16 combinations |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1074 can be arranged in a matrix with rows denoting the left conditions and |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1075 columns denoting the right conditions: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1076 _ __ _ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1077 _ FR FR FR FR |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1078 FR__ 0 1 2 3 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1079 _FR 4 5 6 7 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1080 FR 8 9 A B |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1081 FR C D E F |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1082 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1083 left-props = '(front-sticky (p8 p9 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1084 rear-nonsticky (p4 p5 p6 p7 p8 p9 pa pb) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1085 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p4 L p5 L p6 L p7 L |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1086 p8 L p9 L pa L pb L pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1087 right-props = '(front-sticky (p2 p3 p6 p7 pa pb pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1088 rear-nonsticky (p1 p2 p5 p6 p9 pa pd pe) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1089 p0 R p1 R p2 R p3 R p4 R p5 R p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1090 p8 R p9 R pa R pb R pc R pd R pe R pf R) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1092 We inherit from whoever has a sticky side facing us. If both sides |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1093 do (cases 2, 3, E, and F), then we inherit from whichever side has a |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1094 non-nil value for the current property. If both sides do, then we take |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1095 from the left. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1097 When we inherit a property, we get its stickiness as well as its value. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1098 So, when we merge the above two lists, we expect to get this: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1099 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1100 result = '(front-sticky (p6 p7 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1101 rear-nonsticky (p6 pa) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1102 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1103 pa R pb R pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1105 The optimizable special cases are: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1106 left rear-nonsticky = nil, right front-sticky = nil (inherit left) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1107 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = t (inherit right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1108 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = nil (inherit none) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1109 */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1110 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1111 Lisp_Object |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1112 merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1113 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1114 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1115 register Lisp_Object props, front, rear; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1116 Lisp_Object lfront, lrear, rfront, rrear; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1117 register Lisp_Object tail1, tail2, sym, lval, rval, cat; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1118 int use_left, use_right; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1119 int lpresent; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1121 props = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1122 front = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1123 rear = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1124 lfront = textget (pleft, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1125 lrear = textget (pleft, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1126 rfront = textget (pright, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1127 rrear = textget (pright, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1129 /* Go through each element of PRIGHT. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1130 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1131 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1132 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1133 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1134 sym = XCAR (tail1); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1135 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1136 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1137 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1138 continue; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1140 rval = Fcar (XCDR (tail1)); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1141 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail2))) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1142 if (EQ (sym, XCAR (tail2))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1143 break; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1145 /* Indicate whether the property is explicitly defined on the left. |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1146 (We know it is defined explicitly on the right |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1147 because otherwise we don't get here.) */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1148 lpresent = ! NILP (tail2); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1149 lval = (NILP (tail2) ? Qnil : Fcar (Fcdr (tail2))); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1151 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1152 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1153 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1154 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1155 use_left = (lpresent |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1156 && ! (TMEM (sym, lrear) |
41901
52fc7b74e8a1
(merge_properties_sticky): Likewise.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41531
diff
changeset
|
1157 || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1158 use_right = (TMEM (sym, rfront) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1159 || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1160 if (use_left && use_right) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1161 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1162 if (NILP (lval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1163 use_left = 0; |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1164 else if (NILP (rval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1165 use_right = 0; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1166 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1167 if (use_left) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1168 { |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1169 /* We build props as (value sym ...) rather than (sym value ...) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1170 because we plan to nreverse it when we're done. */ |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1171 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1172 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1173 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1174 if (TMEM (sym, lrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1175 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1176 } |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1177 else if (use_right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1178 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1179 props = Fcons (rval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1180 if (TMEM (sym, rfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1181 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1182 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1183 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1184 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1185 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1186 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1187 /* Now go through each element of PLEFT. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1188 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail2))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1189 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1190 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1191 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1192 sym = XCAR (tail2); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1193 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1194 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1195 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1196 continue; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1198 /* If sym is in PRIGHT, we've already considered it. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1199 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail1))) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1200 if (EQ (sym, XCAR (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1201 break; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1202 if (! NILP (tail1)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1203 continue; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1204 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1205 lval = Fcar (XCDR (tail2)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1207 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1208 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1209 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1210 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1212 /* Since rval is known to be nil in this loop, the test simplifies. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1213 if (! (TMEM (sym, lrear) || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1214 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1215 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1216 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1217 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1218 } |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1219 else if (TMEM (sym, rfront) || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1220 { |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1221 /* The value is nil, but we still inherit the stickiness |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1222 from the right. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1223 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1224 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1225 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1226 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1227 } |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1228 props = Fnreverse (props); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1229 if (! NILP (rear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1230 props = Fcons (Qrear_nonsticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (rear), props)); |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1231 |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1232 cat = textget (props, Qcategory); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1233 if (! NILP (front) |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1234 && |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1235 /* If we have inherited a front-stick category property that is t, |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1236 we don't need to set up a detailed one. */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1237 ! (! NILP (cat) && SYMBOLP (cat) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1238 && EQ (Fget (cat, Qfront_sticky), Qt))) |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1239 props = Fcons (Qfront_sticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (front), props)); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1240 return props; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1241 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
1157 | 1243 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1244 /* Delete a node I from its interval tree by merging its subtrees |
1164 | 1245 into one subtree which is then returned. Caller is responsible for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1246 storing the resulting subtree into its parent. */ |
1157 | 1247 |
1248 static INTERVAL | |
1249 delete_node (i) | |
1250 register INTERVAL i; | |
1251 { | |
1252 register INTERVAL migrate, this; | |
1253 register int migrate_amt; | |
1254 | |
1255 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->left)) | |
1256 return i->right; | |
1257 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->right)) | |
1258 return i->left; | |
1259 | |
1260 migrate = i->left; | |
1261 migrate_amt = i->left->total_length; | |
1262 this = i->right; | |
1263 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1264 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (this->left)) | |
1265 { | |
1266 this = this->left; | |
1267 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1268 } | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1269 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 1270 this->left = migrate; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1271 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (migrate, this); |
1157 | 1272 |
1273 return i->right; | |
1274 } | |
1275 | |
1276 /* Delete interval I from its tree by calling `delete_node' | |
1277 and properly connecting the resultant subtree. | |
1278 | |
1279 I is presumed to be empty; that is, no adjustments are made | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1280 for the length of I. */ |
1157 | 1281 |
1282 void | |
1283 delete_interval (i) | |
1284 register INTERVAL i; | |
1285 { | |
1286 register INTERVAL parent; | |
1287 int amt = LENGTH (i); | |
1288 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1289 if (amt > 0) /* Only used on zero-length intervals now. */ |
1157 | 1290 abort (); |
1291 | |
1292 if (ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
1293 { | |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1294 Lisp_Object owner; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1295 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (owner, i); |
1157 | 1296 parent = delete_node (i); |
1297 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1298 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, owner); |
1157 | 1299 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1300 if (BUFFERP (owner)) |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1301 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (owner)) = parent; |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1302 else if (STRINGP (owner)) |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
1303 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (owner, parent); |
1157 | 1304 else |
1305 abort (); | |
1306 | |
1307 return; | |
1308 } | |
1309 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1310 parent = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 1311 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) |
1312 { | |
1313 parent->left = delete_node (i); | |
1314 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->left)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1315 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->left, parent); |
1157 | 1316 } |
1317 else | |
1318 { | |
1319 parent->right = delete_node (i); | |
1320 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->right)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1321 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->right, parent); |
1157 | 1322 } |
1323 } | |
1324 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Find the interval in TREE corresponding to the relative position |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1326 FROM and delete as much as possible of AMOUNT from that interval. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1327 Return the amount actually deleted, and if the interval was |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1328 zeroed-out, delete that interval node from the tree. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1330 Note that FROM is actually origin zero, aka relative to the |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1331 leftmost edge of tree. This is appropriate since we call ourselves |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1332 recursively on subtrees. |
1157 | 1333 |
1189 | 1334 Do this by recursing down TREE to the interval in question, and |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1335 deleting the appropriate amount of text. */ |
1157 | 1336 |
1337 static int | |
1338 interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, from, amount) | |
1339 register INTERVAL tree; | |
1340 register int from, amount; | |
1341 { | |
1342 register int relative_position = from; | |
1343 | |
1344 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1345 return 0; | |
1346 | |
1347 /* Left branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1348 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 1349 { |
1350 int subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->left, | |
1351 relative_position, | |
1352 amount); | |
1353 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1354 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1355 return subtract; |
1356 } | |
1357 /* Right branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1358 else if (relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1359 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 1360 { |
1361 int subtract; | |
1362 | |
1363 relative_position -= (tree->total_length | |
1364 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
1365 subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->right, | |
1366 relative_position, | |
1367 amount); | |
1368 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1369 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1370 return subtract; |
1371 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1372 /* Here -- this node. */ |
1157 | 1373 else |
1374 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1375 /* How much can we delete from this interval? */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1376 int my_amount = ((tree->total_length |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1377 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1378 - relative_position); |
1157 | 1379 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1380 if (amount > my_amount) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1381 amount = my_amount; |
1157 | 1382 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1383 tree->total_length -= amount; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1384 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1385 if (LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1386 delete_interval (tree); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1387 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1388 return amount; |
1157 | 1389 } |
1390 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1391 /* Never reach here. */ |
1157 | 1392 } |
1393 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1394 /* Effect the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1395 correspond to the deletion of LENGTH characters from that buffer |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1396 text. The deletion is effected at position START (which is a |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1397 buffer position, i.e. origin 1). */ |
1189 | 1398 |
1157 | 1399 static void |
1400 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, length) | |
1401 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1402 int start, length; | |
1403 { | |
1404 register int left_to_delete = length; | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1405 register INTERVAL tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1406 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1407 int offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1408 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1409 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1410 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
1157 | 1411 |
1412 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1413 return; | |
1414 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1415 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1416 || start + length > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1417 abort (); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
1157 | 1419 if (length == TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1420 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1421 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1422 return; |
1423 } | |
1424 | |
1425 if (ONLY_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1426 { | |
1427 tree->total_length -= length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1428 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1429 return; |
1430 } | |
1431 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1432 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1433 start = offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1434 while (left_to_delete > 0) |
1435 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1436 left_to_delete -= interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, start - offset, |
1157 | 1437 left_to_delete); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1438 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
1157 | 1439 if (left_to_delete == tree->total_length) |
1440 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1441 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1442 return; |
1443 } | |
1444 } | |
1445 } | |
1446 | |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1447 /* Make the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
1189 | 1448 represent an addition or deletion of LENGTH characters starting |
1449 at position START. Addition or deletion is indicated by the sign | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1450 of LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 1451 |
1452 INLINE void | |
1453 offset_intervals (buffer, start, length) | |
1454 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1455 int start, length; | |
1456 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1457 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) || length == 0) |
1157 | 1458 return; |
1459 | |
1460 if (length > 0) | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1461 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), start, length); |
1157 | 1462 else |
1463 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, -length); | |
1464 } | |
1211 | 1465 |
1466 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic successor. The resulting | |
1467 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original | |
1468 successor. The properties of I are lost. I is removed from the | |
1469 interval tree. | |
1157 | 1470 |
1211 | 1471 IMPORTANT: |
1472 The caller must verify that this is not the last (rightmost) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1473 interval. */ |
1211 | 1474 |
1475 INTERVAL | |
1476 merge_interval_right (i) | |
1477 register INTERVAL i; | |
1478 { | |
1479 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1480 register INTERVAL successor; | |
1481 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1482 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1483 i->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1484 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
1211 | 1485 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1486 /* Find the succeeding interval. */ |
1211 | 1487 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Add absorb |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1488 as we descend. */ |
1211 | 1489 { |
1490 successor = i->right; | |
1491 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1492 { | |
1493 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1494 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1495 successor = successor->left; |
1496 } | |
1497 | |
1498 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1499 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1500 delete_interval (i); |
1501 return successor; | |
1502 } | |
1503 | |
1504 successor = i; | |
1505 while (! NULL_PARENT (successor)) /* It's above us. Subtract as | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1506 we ascend. */ |
1211 | 1507 { |
1508 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1509 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1510 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1511 delete_interval (i); |
1512 return successor; | |
1513 } | |
1514 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1515 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1516 successor->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1517 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1518 } |
1519 | |
1520 /* This must be the rightmost or last interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1521 be merged right. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1522 abort (); |
1523 } | |
1524 | |
1525 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic predecessor. The resulting | |
1526 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original predecessor. | |
1527 The properties of I are lost. Interval node I is removed from the tree. | |
1528 | |
1529 IMPORTANT: | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1530 The caller must verify that this is not the first (leftmost) interval. */ |
1211 | 1531 |
1532 INTERVAL | |
1533 merge_interval_left (i) | |
1534 register INTERVAL i; | |
1535 { | |
1536 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1537 register INTERVAL predecessor; | |
1538 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1539 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1540 i->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1541 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
1211 | 1542 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1543 /* Find the preceding interval. */ |
1211 | 1544 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Go down, |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1545 adding ABSORB as we go. */ |
1211 | 1546 { |
1547 predecessor = i->left; | |
1548 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1549 { | |
1550 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1551 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1552 predecessor = predecessor->right; |
1553 } | |
1554 | |
1555 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1556 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1557 delete_interval (i); |
1558 return predecessor; | |
1559 } | |
1560 | |
1561 predecessor = i; | |
1562 while (! NULL_PARENT (predecessor)) /* It's above us. Go up, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1563 subtracting ABSORB. */ |
1211 | 1564 { |
1565 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1566 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1567 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1568 delete_interval (i); |
1569 return predecessor; | |
1570 } | |
1571 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1572 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1573 predecessor->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1574 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1575 } |
1576 | |
1577 /* This must be the leftmost or first interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1578 be merged left. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1579 abort (); |
1580 } | |
1581 | |
1189 | 1582 /* Make an exact copy of interval tree SOURCE which descends from |
1583 PARENT. This is done by recursing through SOURCE, copying | |
1584 the current interval and its properties, and then adjusting | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1585 the pointers of the copy. */ |
1189 | 1586 |
1157 | 1587 static INTERVAL |
1588 reproduce_tree (source, parent) | |
1589 INTERVAL source, parent; | |
1590 { | |
1591 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); | |
1592 | |
1593 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); | |
1594 copy_properties (source, t); | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1595 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (t, parent); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1596 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1597 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1598 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1599 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1601 return t; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1602 } |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1604 static INTERVAL |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1605 reproduce_tree_obj (source, parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1606 INTERVAL source; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1607 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1608 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1609 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1611 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1612 copy_properties (source, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1613 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (t, parent); |
1157 | 1614 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
1615 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); | |
1616 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) | |
1617 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); | |
1618 | |
1619 return t; | |
1620 } | |
1621 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1622 #if 0 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1623 /* Nobody calls this. Perhaps it's a vestige of an earlier design. */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
1189 | 1625 /* Make a new interval of length LENGTH starting at START in the |
1626 group of intervals INTERVALS, which is actually an interval tree. | |
1627 Returns the new interval. | |
1628 | |
1629 Generate an error if the new positions would overlap an existing | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1630 interval. */ |
1189 | 1631 |
1157 | 1632 static INTERVAL |
1633 make_new_interval (intervals, start, length) | |
1634 INTERVAL intervals; | |
1635 int start, length; | |
1636 { | |
1637 INTERVAL slot; | |
1638 | |
1639 slot = find_interval (intervals, start); | |
1640 if (start + length > slot->position + LENGTH (slot)) | |
1641 error ("Interval would overlap"); | |
1642 | |
1643 if (start == slot->position && length == LENGTH (slot)) | |
1644 return slot; | |
1645 | |
1646 if (slot->position == start) | |
1647 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1648 /* New right node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1649 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1650 return slot; |
1651 } | |
1652 | |
1653 if (slot->position + LENGTH (slot) == start + length) | |
1654 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1655 /* New left node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1656 split_interval_left (slot, LENGTH (slot) - length); |
1157 | 1657 return slot; |
1658 } | |
1659 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1660 /* Convert interval SLOT into three intervals. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1661 split_interval_left (slot, start - slot->position); |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1662 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1663 return slot; |
1664 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1665 #endif |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
1211 | 1667 /* Insert the intervals of SOURCE into BUFFER at POSITION. |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1668 LENGTH is the length of the text in SOURCE. |
1157 | 1669 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1670 The `position' field of the SOURCE intervals is assumed to be |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1671 consistent with its parent; therefore, SOURCE must be an |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1672 interval tree made with copy_interval or must be the whole |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1673 tree of a buffer or a string. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1675 This is used in insdel.c when inserting Lisp_Strings into the |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1676 buffer. The text corresponding to SOURCE is already in the buffer |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1677 when this is called. The intervals of new tree are a copy of those |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1678 belonging to the string being inserted; intervals are never |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1679 shared. |
1157 | 1680 |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1681 If the inserted text had no intervals associated, and we don't |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1682 want to inherit the surrounding text's properties, this function |
1157 | 1683 simply returns -- offset_intervals should handle placing the |
1164 | 1684 text in the correct interval, depending on the sticky bits. |
1157 | 1685 |
1686 If the inserted text had properties (intervals), then there are two | |
1687 cases -- either insertion happened in the middle of some interval, | |
1688 or between two intervals. | |
1689 | |
1690 If the text goes into the middle of an interval, then new | |
1691 intervals are created in the middle with only the properties of | |
1692 the new text, *unless* the macro MERGE_INSERTIONS is true, in | |
1693 which case the new text has the union of its properties and those | |
1694 of the text into which it was inserted. | |
1695 | |
1696 If the text goes between two intervals, then if neither interval | |
1164 | 1697 had its appropriate sticky property set (front_sticky, rear_sticky), |
1698 the new text has only its properties. If one of the sticky properties | |
1157 | 1699 is set, then the new text "sticks" to that region and its properties |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1700 depend on merging as above. If both the preceding and succeeding |
1164 | 1701 intervals to the new text are "sticky", then the new text retains |
1702 only its properties, as if neither sticky property were set. Perhaps | |
1157 | 1703 we should consider merging all three sets of properties onto the new |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1704 text... */ |
1157 | 1705 |
1706 void | |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1707 graft_intervals_into_buffer (source, position, length, buffer, inherit) |
1211 | 1708 INTERVAL source; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1709 int position, length; |
1211 | 1710 struct buffer *buffer; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1711 int inherit; |
1157 | 1712 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1713 register INTERVAL under, over, this, prev; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1714 register INTERVAL tree; |
1157 | 1715 |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1716 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1717 |
40920
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1718 /* If the new text has no properties, then with inheritance it |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1719 becomes part of whatever interval it was inserted into. |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1720 To prevent inheritance, we must clear out the properties |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1721 of the newly inserted text. */ |
1211 | 1722 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1723 { |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1724 Lisp_Object buf; |
41531
960d5d2165b3
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
40920
diff
changeset
|
1725 if (!inherit && !NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) && length > 0) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1726 { |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1727 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
40920
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1728 set_text_properties_1 (make_number (position), |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1729 make_number (position + length), |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1730 Qnil, buf, 0); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1731 } |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1732 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1733 /* Shouldn't be necessary. -stef */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1734 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1735 return; |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1736 } |
1157 | 1737 |
1738 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1739 { | |
1740 /* The inserted text constitutes the whole buffer, so | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1741 simply copy over the interval structure. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1742 if ((BUF_Z (buffer) - BUF_BEG (buffer)) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
1157 | 1743 { |
4223
b044f6d3c4cb
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): When TREE is null,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4135
diff
changeset
|
1744 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1745 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1746 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree_obj (source, buf); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1747 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = BEG; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1748 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1749 /* Explicitly free the old tree here? */ |
1157 | 1750 |
1751 return; | |
1752 } | |
1753 | |
1754 /* Create an interval tree in which to place a copy | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1755 of the intervals of the inserted string. */ |
1157 | 1756 { |
1307 | 1757 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1758 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1759 tree = create_root_interval (buf); |
1157 | 1760 } |
1761 } | |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1762 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1763 /* If the buffer contains only the new string, but |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1764 there was already some interval tree there, then it may be |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1765 some zero length intervals. Eventually, do something clever |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1766 about inserting properly. For now, just waste the old intervals. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1767 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1768 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree (source, INTERVAL_PARENT (tree)); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1769 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = BEG; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1770 /* Explicitly free the old tree here. */ |
1157 | 1771 |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1772 return; |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1773 } |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1774 /* Paranoia -- the text has already been added, so this buffer |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1775 should be of non-zero length. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1776 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1777 abort (); |
1157 | 1778 |
1779 this = under = find_interval (tree, position); | |
1780 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (under)) /* Paranoia */ | |
1781 abort (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1782 over = find_interval (source, interval_start_pos (source)); |
1157 | 1783 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1784 /* Here for insertion in the middle of an interval. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1785 Split off an equivalent interval to the right, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1786 then don't bother with it any more. */ |
1157 | 1787 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1788 if (position > under->position) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1789 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1790 INTERVAL end_unchanged |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1791 = split_interval_left (this, position - under->position); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1792 copy_properties (under, end_unchanged); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1793 under->position = position; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1794 } |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1795 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1796 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1797 /* This call may have some effect because previous_interval may |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1798 update `position' fields of intervals. Thus, don't ignore it |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1799 for the moment. Someone please tell me the truth (K.Handa). */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1800 prev = previous_interval (under); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1801 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1802 /* But, this code surely has no effect. And, anyway, |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1803 END_NONSTICKY_P is unreliable now. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1804 if (prev && !END_NONSTICKY_P (prev)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1805 prev = 0; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1806 #endif /* 0 */ |
1157 | 1807 } |
1808 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1809 /* Insertion is now at beginning of UNDER. */ |
1157 | 1810 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1811 /* The inserted text "sticks" to the interval `under', |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1812 which means it gets those properties. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1813 The properties of under are the result of |
14036 | 1814 adjust_intervals_for_insertion, so stickiness has |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1815 already been taken care of. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
1157 | 1817 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (over)) |
1818 { | |
5666
ceed2e32b303
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Fix one-off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5415
diff
changeset
|
1819 if (LENGTH (over) < LENGTH (under)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1820 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1821 this = split_interval_left (under, LENGTH (over)); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1822 copy_properties (under, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1823 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1824 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1825 this = under; |
1157 | 1826 copy_properties (over, this); |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1827 if (inherit) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1828 merge_properties (over, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1829 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1830 copy_properties (over, this); |
1157 | 1831 over = next_interval (over); |
1832 } | |
1833 | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1834 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1835 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
1157 | 1836 return; |
1837 } | |
1838 | |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1839 /* Get the value of property PROP from PLIST, |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1840 which is the plist of an interval. |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1841 We check for direct properties, for categories with property PROP, |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1842 and for PROP appearing on the default-text-properties list. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1843 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1844 Lisp_Object |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1845 textget (plist, prop) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1846 Lisp_Object plist; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1847 register Lisp_Object prop; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1848 { |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1849 return lookup_char_property (plist, prop, 1); |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1850 } |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1851 |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1852 Lisp_Object |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1853 lookup_char_property (plist, prop, textprop) |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1854 Lisp_Object plist; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1855 register Lisp_Object prop; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1856 int textprop; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1857 { |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1858 register Lisp_Object tail, fallback = Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1859 |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1860 for (tail = plist; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1861 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1862 register Lisp_Object tem; |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1863 tem = XCAR (tail); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1864 if (EQ (prop, tem)) |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1865 return Fcar (XCDR (tail)); |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1866 if (EQ (tem, Qcategory)) |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1867 { |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1868 tem = Fcar (XCDR (tail)); |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1869 if (SYMBOLP (tem)) |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1870 fallback = Fget (tem, prop); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1871 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1872 } |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1873 |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1874 if (! NILP (fallback)) |
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1875 return fallback; |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1876 /* Check for alternative properties */ |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1877 tail = Fassq (prop, Vchar_property_alias_alist); |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1878 if (NILP (tail)) |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1879 return tail; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1880 tail = XCDR (tail); |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1881 for (; NILP (fallback) && CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1882 fallback = Fplist_get (plist, XCAR (tail)); |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1883 if (textprop && NILP (fallback) && CONSP (Vdefault_text_properties)) |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1884 fallback = Fplist_get (Vdefault_text_properties, prop); |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1885 return fallback; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1886 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1887 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1888 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1889 /* Set point "temporarily", without checking any text properties. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1890 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1891 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1892 temp_set_point (buffer, charpos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1893 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1894 int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1895 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1896 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1897 buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1898 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1900 /* Set point in BUFFER "temporarily" to CHARPOS, which corresponds to |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1901 byte position BYTEPOS. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1903 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1904 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1905 int charpos, bytepos; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1906 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1907 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1908 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1909 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1910 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1911 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1912 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1913 if (charpos > bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1914 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1916 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1917 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1919 BUF_PT_BYTE (buffer) = bytepos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1920 BUF_PT (buffer) = charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1921 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1923 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS. If the target position is |
7104 | 1924 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
1157 | 1925 |
1926 void | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1927 set_point (buffer, charpos) |
1157 | 1928 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1929 register int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1930 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1931 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1932 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1933 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1934 /* If there's an invisible character at position POS + TEST_OFFS in the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1935 current buffer, and the invisible property has a `stickiness' such that |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1936 inserting a character at position POS would inherit the property it, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1937 return POS + ADJ, otherwise return POS. If TEST_INTANG is non-zero, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1938 then intangibility is required as well as invisibleness. |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1939 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1940 TEST_OFFS should be either 0 or -1, and ADJ should be either 1 or -1. |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1941 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1942 Note that `stickiness' is determined by overlay marker insertion types, |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1943 if the invisible property comes from an overlay. */ |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1944 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1945 static int |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1946 adjust_for_invis_intang (pos, test_offs, adj, test_intang) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1947 int pos, test_offs, adj, test_intang; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1948 { |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1949 Lisp_Object invis_propval, invis_overlay; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1950 Lisp_Object test_pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1951 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1952 if ((adj < 0 && pos + adj < BEGV) || (adj > 0 && pos + adj > ZV)) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1953 /* POS + ADJ would be beyond the buffer bounds, so do no adjustment. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1954 return pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1955 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1956 test_pos = make_number (pos + test_offs); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1957 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1958 invis_propval |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1959 = get_char_property_and_overlay (test_pos, Qinvisible, Qnil, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1960 &invis_overlay); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1962 if ((!test_intang |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1963 || ! NILP (Fget_char_property (test_pos, Qintangible, Qnil))) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1964 && TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invis_propval) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1965 /* This next test is true if the invisible property has a stickiness |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1966 such that an insertion at POS would inherit it. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1967 && (NILP (invis_overlay) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1968 /* Invisible property is from a text-property. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1969 ? (text_property_stickiness (Qinvisible, make_number (pos), Qnil) |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1970 == (test_offs == 0 ? 1 : -1)) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1971 /* Invisible property is from an overlay. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1972 : (test_offs == 0 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1973 ? XMARKER (OVERLAY_START (invis_overlay))->insertion_type == 0 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1974 : XMARKER (OVERLAY_END (invis_overlay))->insertion_type == 1))) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1975 pos += adj; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1976 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1977 return pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1978 } |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1980 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS, which corresponds to byte |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1981 position BYTEPOS. If the target position is |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1982 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1983 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1984 void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1985 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1986 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1987 register int charpos, bytepos; |
1157 | 1988 { |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
1989 register INTERVAL to, from, toprev, fromprev; |
1157 | 1990 int buffer_point; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1991 int old_position = BUF_PT (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1992 int backwards = (charpos < old_position ? 1 : 0); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1993 int have_overlays; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1994 int original_position; |
1157 | 1995 |
10563
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1996 buffer->point_before_scroll = Qnil; |
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1997 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1998 if (charpos == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1157 | 1999 return; |
2000 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2001 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2002 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2003 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2004 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2006 /* Check this now, before checking if the buffer has any intervals. |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2007 That way, we can catch conditions which break this sanity check |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2008 whether or not there are intervals in the buffer. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2009 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2010 abort (); |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
51836
483cd3e6154f
(set_point_both): Use new type for overlays_(before|after).
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51121
diff
changeset
|
2012 have_overlays = (buffer->overlays_before || buffer->overlays_after); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2014 /* If we have no text properties and overlays, |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2015 then we can do it quickly. */ |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2016 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 2017 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2018 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2019 return; |
2020 } | |
2021 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2022 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2023 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2024 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2025 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2026 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2027 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2028 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2029 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2030 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2031 toprev = to; |
1211 | 2032 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2033 buffer_point = (BUF_PT (buffer) == BUF_ZV (buffer) |
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2034 ? BUF_ZV (buffer) - 1 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2035 : BUF_PT (buffer)); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2037 /* Set FROM to the interval containing the char after PT, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2038 and FROMPREV to the interval containing the char before PT. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2039 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2040 /* We could cache this and save time. */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
2041 from = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), buffer_point); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2042 if (buffer_point == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2043 fromprev = 0; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2044 else if (from && from->position == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2045 fromprev = previous_interval (from); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2046 else if (buffer_point != BUF_PT (buffer)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2047 fromprev = from, from = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2048 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2049 fromprev = from; |
1157 | 2050 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2051 /* Moving within an interval. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2052 if (to == from && toprev == fromprev && INTERVAL_VISIBLE_P (to) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2053 && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 2054 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2055 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2056 return; |
2057 } | |
2058 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2059 original_position = charpos; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2061 /* If the new position is between two intangible characters |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2062 with the same intangible property value, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2063 move forward or backward until a change in that property. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2064 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2065 && ((! NULL_INTERVAL_P (to) && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (toprev)) |
16716
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2066 || have_overlays) |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* Intangibility never stops us from positioning at the beginning |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2068 or end of the buffer, so don't bother checking in that case. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2069 && charpos != BEGV && charpos != ZV) |
1157 | 2070 { |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2071 Lisp_Object pos; |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2072 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2074 if (backwards) |
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2075 { |
50656 | 2076 /* If the preceding character is both intangible and invisible, |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2077 and the invisible property is `rear-sticky', perturb it so |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2078 that the search starts one character earlier -- this ensures |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2079 that point can never move to the end of an invisible/ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2080 intangible/rear-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2081 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (charpos, -1, -1, 1); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2083 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2084 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2085 /* If following char is intangible, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2086 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2087 |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2088 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil); |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2089 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2090 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2091 { |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2092 while (XINT (pos) > BUF_BEGV (buffer) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2093 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2094 Qintangible, Qnil), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2095 intangible_propval)) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2096 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2097 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2098 /* Set CHARPOS from POS, and if the final intangible character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2099 that we skipped over is also invisible, and the invisible |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2100 property is `front-sticky', perturb it to be one character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2101 earlier -- this ensures that point can never move to the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2102 beginning of an invisible/intangible/front-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2103 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (XINT (pos), 0, -1, 0); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2104 } |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2105 } |
3734
5ada670e1fd8
(set_point): When moving over invis chars,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
2106 else |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2107 { |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2108 /* If the following character is both intangible and invisible, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2109 and the invisible property is `front-sticky', perturb it so |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2110 that the search starts one character later -- this ensures |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2111 that point can never move to the beginning of an |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2112 invisible/intangible/front-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2113 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (charpos, 0, 1, 1); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2115 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2117 /* If preceding char is intangible, |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2118 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2120 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2121 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2123 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2124 { |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2125 while (XINT (pos) < BUF_ZV (buffer) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2126 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2127 intangible_propval)) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2128 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2130 /* Set CHARPOS from POS, and if the final intangible character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2131 that we skipped over is also invisible, and the invisible |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2132 property is `rear-sticky', perturb it to be one character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2133 later -- this ensures that point can never move to the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2134 end of an invisible/intangible/rear-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2135 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (XINT (pos), -1, 1, 0); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2137 } |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2138 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2139 bytepos = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2140 } |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2142 if (charpos != original_position) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2143 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2144 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2145 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2146 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2147 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2148 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2149 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2150 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2151 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2152 else |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2153 toprev = to; |
1157 | 2154 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2156 /* Here TO is the interval after the stopping point |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2157 and TOPREV is the interval before the stopping point. |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2158 One or the other may be null. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2159 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2160 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2161 |
1288 | 2162 /* We run point-left and point-entered hooks here, iff the |
2163 two intervals are not equivalent. These hooks take | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2164 (old_point, new_point) as arguments. */ |
4243
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2165 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2166 && (! intervals_equal (from, to) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2167 || ! intervals_equal (fromprev, toprev))) |
1211 | 2168 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2169 Lisp_Object leave_after, leave_before, enter_after, enter_before; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2171 if (fromprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2172 leave_after = textget (fromprev->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2173 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2174 leave_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2175 if (from) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2176 leave_before = textget (from->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2177 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2178 leave_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2179 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2180 if (toprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2181 enter_after = textget (toprev->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2182 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2183 enter_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2184 if (to) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2185 enter_before = textget (to->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2186 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2187 enter_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2188 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2189 if (! EQ (leave_before, enter_before) && !NILP (leave_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2190 call2 (leave_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2191 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2192 if (! EQ (leave_after, enter_after) && !NILP (leave_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2193 call2 (leave_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2194 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2195 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2196 if (! EQ (enter_before, leave_before) && !NILP (enter_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2197 call2 (enter_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2198 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2199 if (! EQ (enter_after, leave_after) && !NILP (enter_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2200 call2 (enter_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2201 make_number (charpos)); |
1211 | 2202 } |
1157 | 2203 } |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2205 /* Move point to POSITION, unless POSITION is inside an intangible |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2206 segment that reaches all the way to point. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2208 void |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2209 move_if_not_intangible (position) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2210 int position; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2211 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2212 Lisp_Object pos; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2213 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2214 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2215 XSETINT (pos, position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2217 if (! NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2218 /* If intangible is inhibited, always move point to POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2219 ; |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2220 else if (PT < position && XINT (pos) < ZV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2221 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2222 /* We want to move forward, so check the text before POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2224 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2225 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2226 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2227 /* If following char is intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2228 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2229 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2230 while (XINT (pos) > BEGV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2231 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2232 Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2233 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2234 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2235 } |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2236 else if (XINT (pos) > BEGV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2237 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2238 /* We want to move backward, so check the text after POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2240 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2241 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2243 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 2244 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2245 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2246 while (XINT (pos) < ZV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2247 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2248 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2249 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2251 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2252 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
2253 /* If the whole stretch between PT and POSITION isn't intangible, |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2254 try moving to POSITION (which means we actually move farther |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2255 if POSITION is inside of intangible text). */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2257 if (XINT (pos) != PT) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2258 SET_PT (position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2259 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2260 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2261 /* If text at position POS has property PROP, set *VAL to the property |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2262 value, *START and *END to the beginning and end of a region that |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2263 has the same property, and return 1. Otherwise return 0. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2264 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2265 OBJECT is the string or buffer to look for the property in; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2266 nil means the current buffer. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2268 int |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2269 get_property_and_range (pos, prop, val, start, end, object) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2270 int pos; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2271 Lisp_Object prop, *val; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2272 int *start, *end; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2273 Lisp_Object object; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2274 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2275 INTERVAL i, prev, next; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2276 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2277 if (NILP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2278 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2279 else if (BUFFERP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2280 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (object)), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2281 else if (STRINGP (object)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2282 i = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (object), pos); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2283 else |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2284 abort (); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2285 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2286 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || (i->position + LENGTH (i) <= pos)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2287 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2288 *val = textget (i->plist, prop); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2289 if (NILP (*val)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2290 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2292 next = i; /* remember it in advance */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2293 prev = previous_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2294 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2295 && EQ (*val, textget (prev->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2296 i = prev, prev = previous_interval (prev); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2297 *start = i->position; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2298 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2299 next = next_interval (i); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
2300 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (next) |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2301 && EQ (*val, textget (next->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2302 i = next, next = next_interval (next); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2303 *end = i->position + LENGTH (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2305 return 1; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2306 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2307 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2308 /* Return the proper local keymap TYPE for position POSITION in |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2309 BUFFER; TYPE should be one of `keymap' or `local-map'. Use the map |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2310 specified by the PROP property, if any. Otherwise, if TYPE is |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2311 `local-map' use BUFFER's local map. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2312 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2313 Lisp_Object |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2314 get_local_map (position, buffer, type) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2315 register int position; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2316 register struct buffer *buffer; |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2317 Lisp_Object type; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2318 { |
34959
b96af6cd903d
(get_local_map): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
32988
diff
changeset
|
2319 Lisp_Object prop, lispy_position, lispy_buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2320 int old_begv, old_zv, old_begv_byte, old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2322 /* Perhaps we should just change `position' to the limit. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2323 if (position > BUF_Z (buffer) || position < BUF_BEG (buffer)) |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2324 abort (); |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2325 |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2326 /* Ignore narrowing, so that a local map continues to be valid even if |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2327 the visible region contains no characters and hence no properties. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2328 old_begv = BUF_BEGV (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2329 old_zv = BUF_ZV (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2330 old_begv_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2331 old_zv_byte = BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2332 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = BUF_BEG (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2333 BUF_ZV (buffer) = BUF_Z (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2334 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_BEG_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2335 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_Z_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2337 XSETFASTINT (lispy_position, position); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2338 XSETBUFFER (lispy_buffer, buffer); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2339 /* First check if the CHAR has any property. This is because when |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2340 we click with the mouse, the mouse pointer is really pointing |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2341 to the CHAR after POS. */ |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2342 prop = Fget_char_property (lispy_position, type, lispy_buffer); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2343 /* If not, look at the POS's properties. This is necessary because when |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2344 editing a field with a `local-map' property, we want insertion at the end |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2345 to obey the `local-map' property. */ |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2346 if (NILP (prop)) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2347 prop = get_pos_property (lispy_position, type, lispy_buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2348 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2349 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = old_begv; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2350 BUF_ZV (buffer) = old_zv; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2351 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = old_begv_byte; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2352 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2353 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2354 /* Use the local map only if it is valid. */ |
32988
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2355 prop = get_keymap (prop, 0, 0); |
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2356 if (CONSP (prop)) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2357 return prop; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2358 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2359 if (EQ (type, Qkeymap)) |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2360 return Qnil; |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2361 else |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2362 return buffer->keymap; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2363 } |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2364 |
1211 | 2365 /* Produce an interval tree reflecting the intervals in |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2366 TREE from START to START + LENGTH. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2367 The new interval tree has no parent and has a starting-position of 0. */ |
1157 | 2368 |
1316
f09c5c6563b8
* intervals.c: `copy_intervals()' no longer static.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1307
diff
changeset
|
2369 INTERVAL |
1157 | 2370 copy_intervals (tree, start, length) |
2371 INTERVAL tree; | |
2372 int start, length; | |
2373 { | |
2374 register INTERVAL i, new, t; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2375 register int got, prevlen; |
1157 | 2376 |
2377 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) || length <= 0) | |
2378 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2379 | |
2380 i = find_interval (tree, start); | |
2381 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
2382 abort (); | |
2383 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2384 /* If there is only one interval and it's the default, return nil. */ |
1157 | 2385 if ((start - i->position + 1 + length) < LENGTH (i) |
2386 && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
2387 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2388 | |
2389 new = make_interval (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2390 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 2391 got = (LENGTH (i) - (start - i->position)); |
1211 | 2392 new->total_length = length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2393 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 2394 copy_properties (i, new); |
2395 | |
2396 t = new; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2397 prevlen = got; |
1157 | 2398 while (got < length) |
2399 { | |
2400 i = next_interval (i); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
2401 t = split_interval_right (t, prevlen); |
1157 | 2402 copy_properties (i, t); |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2403 prevlen = LENGTH (i); |
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2404 got += prevlen; |
1157 | 2405 } |
2406 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
2407 return balance_an_interval (new); |
1157 | 2408 } |
2409 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2410 /* Give STRING the properties of BUFFER from POSITION to LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 2411 |
1288 | 2412 INLINE void |
1157 | 2413 copy_intervals_to_string (string, buffer, position, length) |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2414 Lisp_Object string; |
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2415 struct buffer *buffer; |
1157 | 2416 int position, length; |
2417 { | |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2418 INTERVAL interval_copy = copy_intervals (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), |
1157 | 2419 position, length); |
2420 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval_copy)) | |
2421 return; | |
2422 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
2423 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (interval_copy, string); |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
2424 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (string, interval_copy); |
1157 | 2425 } |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2426 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2427 /* Return 1 if strings S1 and S2 have identical properties; 0 otherwise. |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2428 Assume they have identical characters. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2429 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2430 int |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2431 compare_string_intervals (s1, s2) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2432 Lisp_Object s1, s2; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2433 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2434 INTERVAL i1, i2; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2435 int pos = 0; |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2436 int end = SCHARS (s1); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2437 |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2438 i1 = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (s1), 0); |
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2439 i2 = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (s2), 0); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2440 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2441 while (pos < end) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2442 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2443 /* Determine how far we can go before we reach the end of I1 or I2. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2444 int len1 = (i1 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i1) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2445 int len2 = (i2 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i2) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2446 int distance = min (len1, len2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2447 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2448 /* If we ever find a mismatch between the strings, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2449 they differ. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2450 if (! intervals_equal (i1, i2)) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2451 return 0; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2453 /* Advance POS till the end of the shorter interval, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2454 and advance one or both interval pointers for the new position. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2455 pos += distance; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2456 if (len1 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2457 i1 = next_interval (i1); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2458 if (len2 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2459 i2 = next_interval (i2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2460 } |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2461 return 1; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2462 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2463 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2464 /* Recursively adjust interval I in the current buffer |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2465 for setting enable_multibyte_characters to MULTI_FLAG. |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2466 The range of interval I is START ... END in characters, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2467 START_BYTE ... END_BYTE in bytes. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2468 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2469 static void |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2470 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i, multi_flag, start, start_byte, end, end_byte) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2471 INTERVAL i; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2472 int multi_flag; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2473 int start, start_byte, end, end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2474 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2475 /* Fix the length of this interval. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2476 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2477 i->total_length = end - start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2478 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2479 i->total_length = end_byte - start_byte; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2480 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2481 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2482 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (i) == 0) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2483 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2484 delete_interval (i); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2485 return; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2486 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2487 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2488 /* Recursively fix the length of the subintervals. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2489 if (i->left) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2490 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2491 int left_end, left_end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2492 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2493 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2494 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2495 int temp; |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2496 left_end_byte = start_byte + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2497 left_end = BYTE_TO_CHAR (left_end_byte); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2499 temp = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2501 /* If LEFT_END_BYTE is in the middle of a character, |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2502 adjust it and LEFT_END to a char boundary. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2503 if (left_end_byte > temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2504 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2505 left_end_byte = temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2506 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2507 if (left_end_byte < temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2508 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2509 left_end--; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2510 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2511 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2512 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2513 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2514 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2515 left_end = start + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2516 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2517 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2518 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2519 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->left, multi_flag, start, start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2520 left_end, left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2521 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2522 if (i->right) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2523 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2524 int right_start_byte, right_start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2526 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2527 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2528 int temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2529 |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2530 right_start_byte = end_byte - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2531 right_start = BYTE_TO_CHAR (right_start_byte); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2532 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2533 /* If RIGHT_START_BYTE is in the middle of a character, |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2534 adjust it and RIGHT_START to a char boundary. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2535 temp = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2537 if (right_start_byte < temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2538 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2539 right_start_byte = temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2540 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2541 if (right_start_byte > temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2542 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2543 right_start++; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2544 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2545 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2546 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2547 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2548 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2549 right_start = end - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2550 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2551 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2552 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2553 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->right, multi_flag, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2554 right_start, right_start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2555 end, end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2556 } |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2558 /* Rounding to char boundaries can theoretically ake this interval |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2559 spurious. If so, delete one child, and copy its property list |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2560 to this interval. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2561 if (LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) >= TOTAL_LENGTH (i)) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2562 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2563 if ((i)->left) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2564 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2565 (i)->plist = (i)->left->plist; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2566 (i)->left->total_length = 0; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2567 delete_interval ((i)->left); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2568 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2569 else |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2570 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2571 (i)->plist = (i)->right->plist; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2572 (i)->right->total_length = 0; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2573 delete_interval ((i)->right); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2574 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2575 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2576 } |
1301
5a27062b8b7f
* intervals.c: Conditionalize all functions on
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1288
diff
changeset
|
2577 |
21351
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2578 /* Update the intervals of the current buffer |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2579 to fit the contents as multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 1) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2580 or to fit them as non-multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 0). */ |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2581 |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2582 void |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2583 set_intervals_multibyte (multi_flag) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2584 int multi_flag; |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2585 { |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2586 if (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer)) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2587 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), multi_flag, |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2588 BEG, BEG_BYTE, Z, Z_BYTE); |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2589 } |